1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8         if isinstance(value
, class_type
): 
   9             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
 
  10             if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "thisown"): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  25     if method
: return method(self
) 
  26     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  32 except AttributeError: 
  38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  39     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  40         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
in ("this", "thisown")): 
  43             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  54 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  57 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  61     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  62     before calling the callable. 
  65         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  66     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  68         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  69         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  70     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  71     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  74 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  76 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  77 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  78 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  79 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  80 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  81 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  82 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  83 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  84 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  85 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  87 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  90 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  91 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  92 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
  93 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
  94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
  95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
  96 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
  97 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
  98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
  99 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 100 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 101 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 102 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 103 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 104 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 105 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 106 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 107 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 108 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 109 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 110 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 111 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 112 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 113 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 114 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 115 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 116 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 117 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 118 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 122 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 123 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 124 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 125 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 127 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 129 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 130 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 131 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 132 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 133 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 134 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 135 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 136 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 138 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 139 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 142 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 143 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 144 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 145 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 146 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 147 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 148 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 149 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 150 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 151 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 152 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 153 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 154 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 161 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 164 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 165 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 166 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 167 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 168 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 169 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 170 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 171 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 172 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 173 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 174 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 175 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 176 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 177 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 178 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 179 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 180 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 181 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 182 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 183 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 184 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 185 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 186 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 187 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 188 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 189 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 190 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 191 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 192 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 193 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 194 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 195 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 196 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 197 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 198 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 199 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 200 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 201 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 202 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 203 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 204 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 205 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 206 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 207 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 208 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 209 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 210 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 211 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 212 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 213 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 214 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 215 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 216 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 217 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 218 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 219 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 220 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 222 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 223 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 224 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 226 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 227 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 228 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 229 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 230 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 231 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 232 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 233 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 234 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 235 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 236 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 237 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 238 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 239 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 240 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 242 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 243 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 244 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 245 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 246 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 247 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 248 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 249 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 250 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 251 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 252 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 253 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 254 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 255 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 256 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 257 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 258 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 259 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 260 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 261 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 262 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 265 HIDE_READONLY 
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
 
 266 OVERWRITE_PROMPT 
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 
 267 FILE_MUST_EXIST 
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 
 268 MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
 
 269 CHANGE_DIR 
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
 
 270 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
 271 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
 272 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
 273 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
 274 PD_AUTO_HIDE 
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 
 275 PD_APP_MODAL 
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
 
 276 PD_CAN_ABORT 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
 
 277 PD_ELAPSED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 
 278 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 
 279 PD_REMAINING_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 
 280 PD_SMOOTH 
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
 
 281 PD_CAN_SKIP 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
 
 282 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 
 283 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE 
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 
 284 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 285 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 286 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 287 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 288 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 289 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 290 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 291 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 292 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 293 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 294 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 295 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 296 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 297 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 298 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 299 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 300 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 301 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 302 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 303 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 304 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 305 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 306 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 307 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 308 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 309 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 316 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 322 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 323 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 324 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 325 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 326 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 327 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 328 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 329 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 330 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 331 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 333 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 334 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 335 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 337 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 338 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 339 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 341 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 342 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 343 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 344 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 345 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 346 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 347 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 348 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 349 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 350 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 351 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 352 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 353 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 354 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 356 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 358 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 359 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 360 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 362 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 365 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 369 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 370 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 371 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 372 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 373 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 374 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 375 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 376 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 377 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 378 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 379 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 380 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 381 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 382 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 383 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 384 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 385 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 386 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 387 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 388 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 391 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 392 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 393 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 396 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 400 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 401 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 405 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 406 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 407 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 408 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 409 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 410 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 411 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 412 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 413 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 414 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 415 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 416 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 417 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 418 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 419 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 420 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 421 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 422 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 423 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 424 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 425 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 426 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 427 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 428 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 429 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 430 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 431 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 432 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 433 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 434 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 435 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 436 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 437 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 438 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 443 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 444 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 445 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 446 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 447 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 448 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 449 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 450 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 451 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 452 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 453 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 454 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 455 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 456 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 457 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 458 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 459 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 460 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 461 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 462 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 463 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 464 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 465 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 466 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 467 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 468 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 469 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 470 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 471 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 472 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 473 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 474 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 475 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 476 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 477 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 478 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 479 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 480 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 508 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 509 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 511 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 512 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 513 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 528 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 529 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 530 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 531 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 532 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 533 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 534 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 535 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 536 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 537 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 538 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 539 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 540 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 541 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 542 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 543 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 544 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 545 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 546 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 547 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 548 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 549 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 550 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 551 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 552 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 553 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 554 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 555 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 567 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 568 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 569 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 570 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 571 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 572 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 574 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 575 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 576 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 577 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 578 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 579 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 581 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 582 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 583 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 584 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 585 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 586 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 587 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 588 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 589 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 590 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 591 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 592 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 593 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 594 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 595 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 596 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 597 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 598 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 599 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 600 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 601 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 602 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 603 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 604 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 605 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 606 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 607 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 608 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 609 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 610 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 611 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 612 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 613 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 614 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 615 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 616 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 617 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 618 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 619 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 620 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 621 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 622 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 623 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 624 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 625 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 626 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 627 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 628 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 629 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 630 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 631 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 633 class Object(object): 
 635     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 636     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 638     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
 640         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 641     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 643         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 645         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 647         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 649     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 653         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 655         return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 658 class ObjectPtr(Object
): 
 659     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 661         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 662         self
.__class
__ = Object
 
 663 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
) 
 664 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 666 _wxPyFixStockObjects 
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
 
 669 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 671 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 673 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 674 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 675 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 676 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 677 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 678 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 679 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 680 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 681 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 682 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 683 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 684 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 685 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 686 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 687 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 688 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 689 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 690 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 691 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 692 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 693 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 694 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 695 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 696 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 697 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 698 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 699 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 700 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 701 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 702 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 703 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 704 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 705 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 706 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 707 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 708 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 709 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 710 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 711 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 712 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 713 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 714 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 715 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 716 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 717 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 718 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 719 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 720 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 721 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 722 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 723 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 724 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 728     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 729     something.  It simply contians integer width and height 
 730     proprtites.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 731     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 734         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 735     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 736     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 737     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 738     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 740         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 742         Creates a size object. 
 744         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 745         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 748     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
): 
 751             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 754     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 756         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 758         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 760         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 762     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 764         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 768         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 770     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 772         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 774         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 776         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 778     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 780         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 782         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 784         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 786     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 790         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 791         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 793         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 795     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 799         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 800         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 802         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 804     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 806         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 808         Set both width and height. 
 810         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 812     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 813         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 814         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 816     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 817         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 818         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 820     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 821         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 822         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 824     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 825         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 826         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 828     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 830         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 832         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 834         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 836     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 838         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 840         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 841         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 843         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 845     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 847         Get() -> (width,height) 
 849         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 851         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 853     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 854     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 855     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 856     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 857     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 858     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 859         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 860         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 861         else: raise IndexError 
 862     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 863     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 864     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 868     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 870         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 871         self
.__class
__ = Size
 
 872 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
) 
 874 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 876 class RealPoint(object): 
 878     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 879     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 880     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 883         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 884     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 885     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 886     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 888         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 890         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 892         newobj 
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 893         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 896     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
): 
 899             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 902     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 904         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 906         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 908         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 910     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 912         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 914         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 916         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 918     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 920         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 922         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 924         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 926     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 928         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 930         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 932         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 934     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 936         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 938         Set both the x and y properties 
 940         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 942     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 946         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
 948         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 950     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 951     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 952     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
 953     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 954     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 955     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 956         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
 957         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
 958         else: raise IndexError 
 959     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
 960     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 961     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
 964 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
): 
 965     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 967         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 968         self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
 
 969 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
) 
 971 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 975     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
 976     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
 977     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 980         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 981     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
 982     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
 983     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 985         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
 987         Create a wx.Point object 
 989         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 990         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 993     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
): 
 996             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 999     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1001         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1003         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1005         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1007     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1009         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1011         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1013         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1015     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1017         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1019         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1021         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1023     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1025         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1027         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1029         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1031     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1033         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1035         Add pt to this object. 
1037         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1039     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1041         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1043         Subtract pt from this object. 
1045         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1047     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1049         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1051         Set both the x and y properties 
1053         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1055     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1059         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1061         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1063     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1064     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1065     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1066     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1067     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1068     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1069         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1070         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1071         else: raise IndexError 
1072     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1073     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1074     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1077 class PointPtr(Point
): 
1078     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1080         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1081         self
.__class
__ = Point
 
1082 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
) 
1084 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1088     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1089     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1090     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1093         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1094     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1096         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1098         Create a new Rect object. 
1100         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1101         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1104     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
): 
1107             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1110     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1111         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1112         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1114     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1115         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1116         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1118     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1119         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1120         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1122     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1123         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1124         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1126     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1127         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1128         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1130     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1131         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1132         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1134     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1135         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1136         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1138     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1139         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1140         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1142     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1143         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1144         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1146     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1147         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1148         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1150     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1151         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1152         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1154     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1155         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1156         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1158     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1159         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1160         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1162     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1163         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1164         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1166     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1167         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1168         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1170     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1171         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1172         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1174     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1175         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1176         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1178     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1179         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1180         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1182     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1183         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1184         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1186     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1187         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1188         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1190     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1191         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1192         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1194     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1195         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1196         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1198     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1199         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1200         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1202     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1203         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1204         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1206     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1207         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1208         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1210     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1211     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1212     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1213     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1214     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1215     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1217     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1219         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1221         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1223         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1224         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1225         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1226         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1227         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1228         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1231         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1232         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1235             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1240         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1242     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1244         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1246         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1247         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1248         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1250         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1252     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1254         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1256         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1257         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1258         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1260         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1262     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1264         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1266         Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point 
1268         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1270     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1272         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1274         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1276         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1278     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1280         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1282         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1284         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1286     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1288         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1290         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1292         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1294     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1296         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1298         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1300         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1302     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1304         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1308         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1310     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1312         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1314         Test for inequality. 
1316         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1318     def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1320         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1322         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1324         return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1326     def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1328         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1330         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1332         return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1334     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1336         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1338         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1340         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1342     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1343     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1344     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1345     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1346     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1348         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1350         Set all rectangle properties. 
1352         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1354     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1356         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1358         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1360         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1362     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1363     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1364     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1365     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1366     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1367     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1368         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1369         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1370         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1371         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1372         else: raise IndexError 
1373     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1374     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1375     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1378 class RectPtr(Rect
): 
1379     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1381         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1382         self
.__class
__ = Rect
 
1383 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
) 
1385 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1387     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1389     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1391     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1395 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1397     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1399     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1401     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1405 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1407     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1409     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1411     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1416 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1418     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1420     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1422     return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1423 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1425 class Point2D(object): 
1427     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1428     with floating point values. 
1431         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1432     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1434         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1436         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1438         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1439         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1442     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1448         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1450     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1452         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1456         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1458     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1459         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1460         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1462     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1463         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1464         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1466     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1467         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1468         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1470     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1471         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1472         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1474     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1475         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1476         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1477     def Normalize(self
): 
1478         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1480     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1481         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1482         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1484     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1485         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1486         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1488     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1489         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1490         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1492     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1493         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1494         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1496     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1498         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1500         the reflection of this point 
1502         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1504     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1505         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1506         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1508     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1509         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1510         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1512     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1513         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1514         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1516     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1517         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1518         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1520     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1522         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1526         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1528     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1530         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1534         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1536     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1537     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1538     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1539         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1540         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1542     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1546         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1548         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1550     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1551     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1552     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1553     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1554     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1555     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1556         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1557         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1558         else: raise IndexError 
1559     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1560     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1561     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1564 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
): 
1565     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1567         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1568         self
.__class
__ = Point2D
 
1569 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
) 
1571 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1573     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1575     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1577     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1581 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1583     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1585     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1587     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1591 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1593 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1594 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1595 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1596 class InputStream(object): 
1597     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1599         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1600     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1601         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1602         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1603         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1606     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
): 
1609             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1612     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1614         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1616     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1618         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1620     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1621         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1622         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1624     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1625         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1626         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1628     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1629         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1630         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1632     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1633         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1634         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1636     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1637         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1638         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1640     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1641         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1642         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1644     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1645         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1646         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1648     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1649         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1650         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1652     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1653         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1654         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1656     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1657         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1658         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1660     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1661         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1662         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1664     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1665         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1666         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1668     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1669         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1670         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1672     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1673         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1674         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1677 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
): 
1678     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1680         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1681         self
.__class
__ = InputStream
 
1682 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
) 
1683 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1684 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1686 class OutputStream(object): 
1687     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1688     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1690         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1691     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1692         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
1693         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1696 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
): 
1697     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1699         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1700         self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
 
1701 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
) 
1703 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1705 class FSFile(Object
): 
1706     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
1708         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1709     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1711         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
1712             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
1714         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1715         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1718         self
.thisown 
= 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem 
1720     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
): 
1723             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1726     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1727         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
1728         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1730     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1731         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
1732         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1734     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1735         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
1736         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1738     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1739         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
1740         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1742     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1743         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
1744         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1747 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
): 
1748     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1750         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1751         self
.__class
__ = FSFile
 
1752 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
) 
1754 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
1755     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
1756     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1758         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1760 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1761     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1763         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1764         self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
 
1765 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1767 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1768     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
1770         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1771     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1772         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
1773         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1774         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1777         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
1779     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1780         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
1781         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1783     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1784         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1785         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1787     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1788         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1789         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1791     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1792         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1793         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1795     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1796         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1797         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1799     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1800         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
1801         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1803     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1804         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1805         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1807     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1808         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
1809         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1811     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1812         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1813         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1815     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1816         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
1817         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1820 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
): 
1821     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1823         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1824         self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
 
1825 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1827 class FileSystem(Object
): 
1828     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
1830         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1831     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1832         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
1833         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1834         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1837     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
): 
1840             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1843     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1844         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
1845         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1847     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1848         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
1849         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1851     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1852         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1853         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1855     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1856         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1857         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1859     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1860         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1861         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1863     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1864         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1865         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1867     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
1868     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1869         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1870         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1872     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
1873     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1874         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1875         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1877     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
1878     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1879         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1880         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1882     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
1884 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
): 
1885     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1887         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1888         self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
 
1889 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
) 
1891 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1892     """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1893     return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1895 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1896     """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1897     return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1899 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1900     """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1901     return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1903 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1904     """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1905     return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1907 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1908     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
1910         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1911     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1912         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
1913         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1914         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1917     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1918         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1919         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1921     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1922         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1923         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1926 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
): 
1927     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1929         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1930         self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
 
1931 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
) 
1933 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1934     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
1936         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1937     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1938         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
1939         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1940         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1943     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1944         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1945         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1947     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1948         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1949         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1951     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1952         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1953         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1955     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1956         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1957         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1960 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
): 
1961     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1963         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1964         self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
 
1965 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
) 
1968 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1969     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
1970     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1972 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1973     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
1974     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1976 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1977     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
1978     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1979 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
1981     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
1982     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
1983     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
1984     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
1985     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
1987     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
1988         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
1989     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
1990         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
1991     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
1992         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
1994         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
1996 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1997     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
1999         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2000     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2001         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2002         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2003         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2006     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2007         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2008         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2010     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2011     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2012     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2013         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2014         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2016     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2017         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2018         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2020     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2021         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2022         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2024     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2025         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2026         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2029 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
): 
2030     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2032         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2033         self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
 
2034 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
) 
2036 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2037     """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2038     return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2040 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2041 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2042 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2043 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2045 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2047     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2048     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2049     normally seen by the application. 
2051     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
2053         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2054     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2055         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2056         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2058     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2059         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2060         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2062     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2063         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2064         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2066     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2067         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2068         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2070     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2071         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2072         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2074     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2075         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2076         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2078     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2079         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2080         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2082     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2083         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2084         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2086     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2087         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2088         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2091 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
): 
2092     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2094         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2095         self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
 
2096 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
) 
2098 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2099     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2101         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2102     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2103         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2104         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2105         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2108     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2110         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2112         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2114         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2116     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2117     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2119         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2121         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2122         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2123         success flag and rgb values. 
2125         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2127     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2129         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2131         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2132         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2134         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2136     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2138         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2140         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2142         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2144     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2146         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2148         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2150         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2153 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
): 
2154     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2156         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2157         self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
 
2158 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
) 
2160 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2162     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2164     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2166     return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2168 class Image(Object
): 
2170     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2171     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2172     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2173     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2175     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2176     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2177     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2178     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2180     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2181     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2184     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2185     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2186     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2187     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2188     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2190     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2191     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2192     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2193     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2196         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2197     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2199         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2201         Loads an image from a file. 
2203         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2204         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2207     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
): 
2210             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
2213     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2215         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2217         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2218         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2220         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2222     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2226         Destroys the image data. 
2228         return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2230     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2232         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2234         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2235         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2236         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. 
2238         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2240     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2242         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2244         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2246         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2248     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2250         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2252         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2253         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2255         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2257         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2259     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2261         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2263         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2264         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2265         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2266         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2267         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2268         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2269         newly exposed areas. 
2271         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2273         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2275     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2277         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2279         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2280         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2281         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2282         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2283         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2285         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2287     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2289         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2291         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2292         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2293         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2295         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2297     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2299         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2301         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2303         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2305     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2307         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2309         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2311         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2313     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2315         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2317         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2319         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2321     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2323         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2325         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2326         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2329         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2331     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2333         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2335         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2336         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2339         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2340         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2341         the fully opaque pixels. 
2343         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2345     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2347         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2349         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2351         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2353     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2357         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2358         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2359         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2360         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2362         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2364     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2366         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2368         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2369         than the spcified threshold. 
2371         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2373     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2375         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2377         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2378         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2379         success flag and rgb values. 
2381         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2383     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2385         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2387         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2388         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2389         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2390         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2392         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2395         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2397     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2399         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2401         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2402         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2403         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2404         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2405         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2406         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2407         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2409         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2411     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2413         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2415         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2416         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2417         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2418         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2419         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2421         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2422         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2423         mask was successfully applied. 
2425         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2426         computationally intensive operation. 
2428         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2430     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2432         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2434         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2436         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2438     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2439     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2441         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2443         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2444         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2445         the number of available images. 
2447         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2449     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2450     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2452         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2454         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2455         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2457         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2459     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2461         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2463         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2466         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2468     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2470         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2472         Saves an image in the named file. 
2474         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2476     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2478         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2480         Saves an image in the named file. 
2482         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2484     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2486         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2488         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2489         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2492         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2494     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2495     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2497         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2499         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2500         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2501         autodetect the format. 
2503         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2505     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2507         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2509         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2510         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2512         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2514     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2518         Returns true if image data is present. 
2520         return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2522     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2524         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2526         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2528         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2530     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2532         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2534         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2536         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2538     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2540         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2542         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2544         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2546     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2548         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2550         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2551         entirely to the image. 
2553         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2555     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2557         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2559         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2560         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2561         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2562         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2563         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2564         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2565         newly exposed areas. 
2567         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2569     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2573         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2575         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2577     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2579         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2581         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2582         and any out of bounds problems. 
2584         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2586     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2588         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2590         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2592         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2594     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2596         SetData(self, buffer data) 
2598         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
2599         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
2600         the data must be width*height*3. 
2602         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2604     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2606         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
2608         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
2609         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
2610         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
2612         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2614     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2616         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
2618         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
2619         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
2620         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
2622         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2624     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2626         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
2628         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
2630         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2632     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2634         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
2636         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
2637         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
2638         data must be width*height. 
2640         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2642     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2643         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject""" 
2644         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2646     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2647         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)""" 
2648         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2650     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2652         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2654         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
2657         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2659     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2661         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
2663         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
2665         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2667     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2669         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
2671         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
2673         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2675     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2677         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
2679         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
2681         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2683     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2685         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
2687         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
2689         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2691     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2693         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
2695         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
2696         determined by the current mask colour. 
2698         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2700     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2702         HasMask(self) -> bool 
2704         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
2706         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2708     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2710         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
2711             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
2713         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
2714         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
2715         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
2716         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
2717         will be used as the fill colour. 
2719         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
2721         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2723     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2725         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
2727         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
2728         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
2730         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2732     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2734         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
2736         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
2737         indicates the orientation. 
2739         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2741     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2743         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
2745         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
2748         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2750     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2752         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
2754         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
2755         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
2756         colour everywhere else. 
2758         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2760     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2762         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
2764         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
2765         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
2766         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
2768         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2770     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2772         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
2774         Sets an image option as an integer. 
2776         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2778     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2780         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
2782         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
2784         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2786     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2788         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
2790         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
2791         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
2793         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2795     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2797         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
2799         Returns true if the given option is present. 
2801         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2803     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2804         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
2805         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2807     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2808         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
2809         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2811     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2812         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2813         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2815     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
2816     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2817         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2818         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2820     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
2821     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2822         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
2823         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2825     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
2826     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2828         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
2830         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
2831         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
2834         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2836     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
2837     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2838         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
2839         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2841     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2842         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
2843         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2845     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()  
2847 class ImagePtr(Image
): 
2848     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2850         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2851         self
.__class
__ = Image
 
2852 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
) 
2854 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2856     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
2858     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
2859     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
2861     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2865 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2867     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2869     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
2872     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2876 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2878     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
2880     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
2881     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
2883     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2887 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2889     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
2891     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
2894     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2898 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2900     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
2902     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
2904     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2908 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2910     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
2912     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
2913     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
2914     must be width*height*3. 
2916     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2920 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2922     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
2924     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
2925     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
2926     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
2927     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
2929     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2933 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2935     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2937     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2939     return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2941 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2943     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2945     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2946     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2947     the number of available images. 
2949     return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2951 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2953     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2955     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2956     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2959     return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2961 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2962     """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2963     return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2965 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2966     """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2967     return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2969 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2970     """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
2971     return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2973 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2975     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
2977     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
2978     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
2981     return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2983 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
2985     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
2986     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
2990 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
2991 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
2992 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
2993 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
2994 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
2995 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
2996 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
2997 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
2998 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
2999 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3000 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3001 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3002 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3003 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3004 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3005     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3007         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3008     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3010         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3012         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3014         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3015         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3019 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
): 
3020     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3022         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3023         self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
 
3024 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
) 
3025 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3026 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3027 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3028 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3029 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3030 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3031 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3032 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3033 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3034 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3035 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3036 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3037 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3038 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3039 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3040 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3042 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3043     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3045         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3046     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3048         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3050         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3052         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3053         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3057 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
): 
3058     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3060         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3061         self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
 
3062 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
) 
3064 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3065     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3067         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3068     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3070         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3072         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3074         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3075         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3079 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
): 
3080     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3082         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3083         self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
 
3084 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
) 
3086 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3087     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3089         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3090     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3092         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3094         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3096         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3097         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3101 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
): 
3102     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3104         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3105         self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
 
3106 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
) 
3108 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3109     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3111         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3112     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3114         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3116         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3118         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3119         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3123 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
): 
3124     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3126         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3127         self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
 
3128 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
) 
3130 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3131     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3133         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3134     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3136         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3138         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3140         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3141         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3145 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
): 
3146     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3148         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3149         self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
 
3150 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
) 
3152 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3153     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3155         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3156     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3158         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3160         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3162         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3163         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3167 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
): 
3168     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3170         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3171         self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
 
3172 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
) 
3174 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3175     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3177         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3178     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3180         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3182         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3184         newobj 
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3185         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3189 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
): 
3190     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3192         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3193         self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
 
3194 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
) 
3196 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3197     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3199         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3200     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3202         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3204         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3206         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3207         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3211 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
): 
3212     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3214         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3215         self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
 
3216 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
) 
3218 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3219     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3221         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3222     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3224         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3226         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3228         newobj 
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3229         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3233 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
): 
3234     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3236         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3237         self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
 
3238 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
) 
3240 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3241     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3243         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3244     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3246         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3248         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3250         newobj 
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3251         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3255 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
): 
3256     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3258         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3259         self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
 
3260 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
) 
3262 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3263 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3264 class Quantize(object): 
3265     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3266     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3268         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3269     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3271         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3273         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3274         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3275         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3277         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3279     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3281 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
): 
3282     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3284         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3285         self
.__class
__ = Quantize
 
3286 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
) 
3288 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3290     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3292     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3293     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3294     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3296     return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3298 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3300 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3301     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3303         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3304     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3305         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3306         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3307         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3310     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3311         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3312         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3314     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3315         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3316         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3318     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3319         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3320         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3322     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3323         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3324         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3326     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3327         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3328         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3330     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3331         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3332         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3334     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3335         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3336         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3338     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3339         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3340         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3342     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3343         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3344         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3346     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3347         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3348         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3350     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3351         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3352         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3354     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3355         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3356         return _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3358     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3360         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3362         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3363                       type of event to bind, 
3365         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3366                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3367                       disconnect an event handler. 
3369         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3370                       different window than self, but you still 
3371                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3372                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3373                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3374                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3375                       between the same event type from different 
3378         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3381         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3382                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3384         if source 
is not None: 
3386         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3388     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3390         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3391         Returns True if successful. 
3393         if source 
is not None: 
3395         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3398 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
): 
3399     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3401         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3402         self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
 
3403 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
) 
3405 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3407 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3409     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3412     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3413         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3414             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3415         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3417         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3418             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3420             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3423     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3424         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3425         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3426             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3429     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3430         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3432         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3433             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3437     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3439         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3440         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3441         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3444         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3448         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3450         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3453         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3458             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3460         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3463 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3464 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3465     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3466 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3467     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3470 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3472 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3474 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3475 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3477 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3478     """NewEventType() -> wxEventType""" 
3479     return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3480 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3481 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3482 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3483 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3484 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3485 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3486 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3487 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3488 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3489 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3490 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3491 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3492 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3493 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3494 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3495 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3496 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3497 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3498 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3499 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3500 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3501 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3502 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3503 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3504 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3505 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3506 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3507 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3508 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3509 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3510 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3511 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3512 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3513 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3514 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3515 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3516 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3517 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3518 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3519 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3520 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3521 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3522 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3523 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3524 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3525 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3526 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3527 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3528 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3529 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3530 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3531 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3532 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3533 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3534 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3535 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3536 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3537 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3538 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3539 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3540 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3541 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3542 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
 
3543 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3544 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3545 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3546 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3547 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3548 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3549 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3550 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3551 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3552 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3553 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3554 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3555 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3556 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3557 wxEVT_POWER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
 
3558 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3559 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3560 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3561 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3562 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3563 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3564 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3565 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3566 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3567 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3568 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3569 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3570 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3571 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3572 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3573 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3574 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
3575 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
3576 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
3577 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
3578 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
3579 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
3580 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
3581 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
3582 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
3583 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
3584 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
3585 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
3586 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
3587 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
3588 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
3589 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3590 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
3591 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3592 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
3593 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
3594 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
3596 # Create some event binders 
3597 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
3598 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
3599 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
3600 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
3601 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
3602 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3603 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3604 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
3605 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
3606 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
3607 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
3608 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
3609 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
3610 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)  
3611 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
3612 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
3613 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
3614 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
3615 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
3616 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
3617 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
3618 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
3619 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
3620 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
3621 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
)      
3622 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3623 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3624 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
3625 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
3626 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
3627 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
3628 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
3629 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
3630 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
3631 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
3632 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
3633 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
3634 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
3635 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
3636 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
3637 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
3639 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
3640 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
3641 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
3642 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
3643 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
3644 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
3645 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
3646 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
3647 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
3648 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
3649 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
3650 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
3651 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
3653 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
3661                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
3669 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
3670 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,  
3671                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
3672                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
3673                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
3674                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,  
3675                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
3676                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
3677                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3680 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
3681 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
3682 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
3683 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
3684 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
3685 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3686 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3687 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3689 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
3690 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3691                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3692                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3693                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3694                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3695                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3696                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3697                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,  
3698                                wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
, 
3701 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
3702 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
3703 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
3704 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
3705 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
3706 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3707 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3708 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3709 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
) 
3711 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
3712 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3713                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3714                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3715                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3716                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3717                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3718                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3719                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3720                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
, 
3723 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
3724 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
3725 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
3726 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
3727 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
3728 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
3729 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
3730 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
3731 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
, 1) 
3733 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
3734 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
3735 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
3736 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3737 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
3738 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
3739 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
3740 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
3741 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3742 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
3744 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
3745 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3746 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3747 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
3748 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
3749 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
3750 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
3751 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
3752 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
3755 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
3756 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3757 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
3758 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3759 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
3760 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
3761 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
3763 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
3765 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
3766 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
3768 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
3772 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3774 class Event(Object
): 
3776     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
3777     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
3780     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3782         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3783     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
): 
3786             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
3789     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3791         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ) 
3793         Sets the specific type of the event. 
3795         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3797     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3799         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType 
3801         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
3802         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
3804         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3806     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3808         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
3810         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
3813         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3815     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3817         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
3819         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
3820         object that is sending the event. 
3822         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3824     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3825         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
3826         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3828     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3829         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
3830         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3832     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3836         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
3839         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3841     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3845         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
3846         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
3849         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3851     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3853         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
3855         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
3856         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
3858         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3860     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3862         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
3864         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event 
3865         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event 
3866         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent 
3867         additional event handlers from being called and control will be 
3868         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current 
3869         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing 
3870         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event. 
3873         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3875     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3877         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
3879         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
3882         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3884     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3886         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
3888         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
3889         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
3891         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3893     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3895         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
3897         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
3898         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
3899         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
3901         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3903     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3905         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
3907         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
3908         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
3912         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3914     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3915         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
3916         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3919 class EventPtr(Event
): 
3920     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3922         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3923         self
.__class
__ = Event
 
3924 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
) 
3926 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3928 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
3930     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
3931     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
3932     propogation of the event will be restored. 
3935         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3936     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3938         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
3940         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
3941         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
3942         propogation of the event will be restored. 
3944         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3945         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3948     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
): 
3951             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
3955 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
): 
3956     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3958         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3959         self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
 
3960 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
) 
3962 class PropagateOnce(object): 
3964     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
3965     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
3966     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
3969         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3970     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3972         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
3974         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
3975         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
3976         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
3978         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3979         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3982     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
): 
3985             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
3989 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
): 
3990     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3992         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3993         self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
 
3994 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
) 
3996 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3998 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4000     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4001     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4005         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4006     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4008         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4010         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4011         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4014         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4015         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4018     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4020         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4022         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4025         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4027     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4028         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4029         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4031     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4033         GetString(self) -> String 
4035         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4038         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4040     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4042         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4044         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4045         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4046         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4047         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4048         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4050         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4053     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4055         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4057         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4058         false if it is a deselection. 
4060         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4062     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4063         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4064         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4066     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4068         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4070         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4071         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4072         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4073         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4074         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4075         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4077         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4079     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4080         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4081         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4083     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4085         GetInt(self) -> long 
4087         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4088         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4089         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4091         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4093     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4094         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4095         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4098 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
): 
4099     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4101         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4102         self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
 
4103 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
) 
4105 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4107 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4109     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4110     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4111     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4112     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4115         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4116     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4118         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4120         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4121         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4122         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4123         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4125         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4126         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4129     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4133         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4135         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4136         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4137         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4139         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4141     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4145         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4146         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4147         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4148         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4150         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4152     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4154         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4156         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4157         false otherwise (if it was). 
4159         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4162 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
): 
4163     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4165         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4166         self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
 
4167 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
) 
4169 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4171 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4173     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4174     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4175     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4179         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4180     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4182         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4183             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4185         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4186         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4189     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4191         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4193         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4196         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4198     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4200         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4202         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4204         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4206     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4207         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4208         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4210     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4211         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4212         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4215 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
): 
4216     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4218         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4219         self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
 
4220 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
) 
4222 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4224 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4226     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4230         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4231     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4233         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4235         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4238         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4239         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4242     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4244         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4246         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4249         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4251     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4253         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4255         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4256         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4257         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4259         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4261     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4262         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4263         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4265     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4266         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4267         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4270 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
): 
4271     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4273         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4274         self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
 
4275 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
) 
4277 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4279 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4280 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4281 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4282 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4283 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4284 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4286     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4287     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4290     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4291     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4292     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4293     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4296     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4297     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4298     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4299     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4300     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4301     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4302     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4303     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4304     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4307         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4308     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4310         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4312         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4314             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4315             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4321             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4324             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4328         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4329         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4332     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4334         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4336         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4337         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4339         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4341     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4343         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4345         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4346         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4347         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4350         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4352     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4354         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4356         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4357         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4358         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4361         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4363     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4365         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4367         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4368         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4369         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4371         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4373     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4375         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4377         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4378         values of button are: 
4380              ====================      ===================================== 
4381              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4382              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4383              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4384              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4385              ====================      ===================================== 
4388         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4390     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4391         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4392         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4394     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4396         GetButton(self) -> int 
4398         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4399         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4400         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4401         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4402         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4403         right buttons respectively. 
4405         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4407     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4409         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4411         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4413         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4415     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4417         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4419         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4421         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4423     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4425         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4427         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4429         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4431     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4433         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4435         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4437         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4439     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4441         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4443         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4444         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4445         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4446         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4447         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4448         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4449         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4451         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4453     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4455         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4457         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4459         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4461     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4463         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4465         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4467         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4469     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4471         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4473         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4475         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4477     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4479         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4481         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4483         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4485     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4487         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4489         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4491         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4493     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4495         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4497         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4499         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4501     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4503         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4505         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4507         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4509     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4511         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4513         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4515         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4517     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4519         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4521         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4523         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4525     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4527         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4529         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4530         of the current event type. 
4532         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4533         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4534         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4536         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4537         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4540         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4542     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4544         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4546         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4547         of the current event type. 
4549         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4551     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4553         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4555         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4556         of the current event type. 
4558         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4560     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4562         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4564         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4567         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4569     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4571         Moving(self) -> bool 
4573         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4574         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4575         false and Dragging returns true. 
4577         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4579     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4581         Entering(self) -> bool 
4583         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4585         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4587     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4589         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4591         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4593         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4595     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4597         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4599         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4602         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4604     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4606         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4608         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4611         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4613     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4615         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
4617         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
4618         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
4619         that the window has been scrolled). 
4621         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4623     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4627         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4629         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4631     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4635         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4637         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4639     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4641         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
4643         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
4644         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
4645         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
4646         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
4647         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
4648         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
4649         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
4651         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4653     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4655         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
4657         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
4658         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
4659         should occur for each delta. 
4661         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4663     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4665         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
4667         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
4668         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
4670         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4672     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4674         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
4676         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
4677         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
4679         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4681     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
4682     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
4683     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
4684     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
4685     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
4686     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
4687     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
4688     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
4689     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
4690     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
4691     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
4692     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
4694 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
): 
4695     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4697         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4698         self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
 
4699 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
) 
4701 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4703 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
4705     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
4706     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
4707     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
4708     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
4709     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
4712         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4713     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4715         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
4717         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
4719         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4720         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4723     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4727         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4729         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4731     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4735         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4737         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4739     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4741         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
4743         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
4745         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4747     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4749         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
4751         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
4753         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4755     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4757         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
4759         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
4761         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4764 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
): 
4765     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4767         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4768         self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
 
4769 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
) 
4771 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4773 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
4775     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
4776     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
4779     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
4780     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
4781     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
4782     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
4783     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
4784     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
4785     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
4786     corresponding to each down one. 
4788     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
4789     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
4790     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
4791     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
4792     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
4793     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
4796     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
4797     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
4798     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
4799     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
4800     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
4801     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
4804     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
4805     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
4806     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
4807     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
4808     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
4809     by the system itself. 
4811     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
4812     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
4813     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
4814     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
4816     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
4817     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
4818     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
4821     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
4822     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
4823     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
4824     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
4826     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
4827     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
4828     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
4829     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
4831     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
4832     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
4837         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4838     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4840         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
4842         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
4845         newobj 
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4846         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4849     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4851         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4853         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
4855         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4857     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4859         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4861         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4863         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4865     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4867         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4869         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4871         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4873     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4875         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4877         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4879         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4881     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4883         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4885         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4886         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4887         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4888         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4889         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
4890         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4891         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4893         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4895     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4897         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
4899         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
4900         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
4901         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
4902         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
4903         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
4906         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4908     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4910         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
4912         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
4913         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
4914         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
4917         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
4918         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
4919         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
4920         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
4922         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4924     KeyCode 
= GetKeyCode 
 
4925     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4927         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
4929         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
4930         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
4932         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4934     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
4935     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4937         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
4939         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
4940         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
4941         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
4944         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4946     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4948         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
4950         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
4951         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
4952         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
4954         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4956     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4958         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4960         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
4962         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4964     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4966         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4968         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
4970         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4972     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4976         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
4979         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4981     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4985         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
4988         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4990     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
4991     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
4992     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
4993     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
4994     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
4995     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
4996     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
4997     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
4998     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
4999     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5001 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
): 
5002     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5004         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5005         self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
 
5006 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
) 
5008 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5010 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5012     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5013     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5016     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5017     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5020     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5021     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5022     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5023     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5024     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5025     invalidate the entire window. 
5029         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5030     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5032         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5034         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5036         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5037         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5040     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5042         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5044         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5047         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5049     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5050         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5051         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5053     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5054         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5055         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5057     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5058         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5059         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5061     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5062     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5064 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
): 
5065     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5067         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5068         self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
 
5069 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
) 
5071 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5073 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5075     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5076     moved to a new position. 
5079         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5080     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5082         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5086         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5087         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5090     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5092         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5094         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5096         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5098     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5099         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5100         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5102     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5103         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5104         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5106     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5107         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5108         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5110     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5111     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5114 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
): 
5115     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5117         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5118         self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
 
5119 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
) 
5121 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5123 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5125     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5126     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5127     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5128     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5129     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5131     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5132     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5133     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5134     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5135     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5140         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5141     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5142         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5143         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5144         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5148 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
): 
5149     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5151         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5152         self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
 
5153 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
) 
5155 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5156     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5158         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5159     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5160         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5161         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5162         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5166 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
): 
5167     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5169         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5170         self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
 
5171 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
) 
5173 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5175 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5177     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5178     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5179     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5180     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5182     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5183     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5184     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5188         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5189     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5191         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5195         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5196         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5199     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5203         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5204         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5207         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5210 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
): 
5211     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5213         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5214         self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
 
5215 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
) 
5217 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5219 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5221     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5222     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5223     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5225     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5226     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5227     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5231         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5232     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5234         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5238         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5239         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5242     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5244         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5246         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5247         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5248         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5250         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5252         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5254     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5255         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5256         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5259 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
): 
5260     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5262         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5263         self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
 
5264 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
) 
5266 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5268 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5270     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the 
5271     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window 
5275         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5276     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5278         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5282         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5283         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5286     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5288         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5290         The window which has just received the focus. 
5292         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5295 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
): 
5296     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5298         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5299         self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
 
5300 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
) 
5302 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5304 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5306     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5307     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5309     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5310     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5311     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5312     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5313     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5314     application frames being inactive. 
5316     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5317     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5318     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5322         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5323     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5325         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5329         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5330         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5333     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5335         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5337         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5340         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5343 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
): 
5344     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5346         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5347         self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
 
5348 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
) 
5350 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5352 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5354     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5355     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5356     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5357     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5358     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5361         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5362     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5364         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5368         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5369         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5373 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
): 
5374     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5376         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5377         self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
 
5378 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
) 
5380 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5382 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5384     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5385     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5386     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5388     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5389     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5392         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5393     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5395         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5399         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5400         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5403     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5405         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5407         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5408         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5410         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5412     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5414         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5416         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5417         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5418         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5420         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5422     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5424         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5426         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5427         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5429         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5432 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
): 
5433     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5435         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5436         self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
 
5437 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
) 
5439 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5441 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5443     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5446     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5447     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5448     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5449     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5452     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5453     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5454     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5455     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5456     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5457     files or to cancel the close. 
5459     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5460     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5461     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5462     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5465         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5466     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5468         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5472         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5473         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5476     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5478         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5480         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5482         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5484     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5486         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5488         Returns true if the user is logging off. 
5490         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5492     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5494         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5496         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5497         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5499         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5501         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5503     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5504         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5505         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5507     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5509         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5511         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5513         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5515     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5517         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5519         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5520         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5521         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5522         must be called to check this. 
5524         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5527 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
): 
5528     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5530         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5531         self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
 
5532 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
) 
5534 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5536 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5537     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5539         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5540     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5542         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5544         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5546         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5547         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5550     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5551         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5552         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5554     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5555         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5556         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5559 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
): 
5560     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5562         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5563         self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
 
5564 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
) 
5566 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5568 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5570     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5574         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5575     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5577         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5579         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5582         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5583         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5586     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5588         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5590         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5593         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5596 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
): 
5597     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5599         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5600         self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
 
5601 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
) 
5603 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5605 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5606     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5608         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5609     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5611         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5613         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5615         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5616         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5620 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
): 
5621     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5623         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5624         self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
 
5625 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
) 
5627 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5629 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5631     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5632     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5633     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5634     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5636     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5637     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5638     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5641     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5645     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
5647         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5648     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5650         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5652         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5654         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5656     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5658         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5660         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5662         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5664     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5666         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5668         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5670         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5673 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
): 
5674     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5676         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5677         self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
 
5678 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
) 
5680 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5682 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5683 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5684 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5686     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5687     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
5690     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
5691     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
5692     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
5693     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
5694     menu item or button. 
5696     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
5697     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
5698     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
5699     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
5700     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
5701     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
5702     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
5704     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
5705     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
5706     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
5709     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
5710     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
5711     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
5713     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
5714     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
5716        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
5717           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
5718           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
5719           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
5722        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
5723           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
5724           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
5725           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
5726           delay before windows are updated. 
5728     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
5729     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
5730     from an internal idle handler. 
5732     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
5733     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
5734     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
5738         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5739     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5741         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
5745         newobj 
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5746         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5749     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5751         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
5753         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
5755         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5757     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5759         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
5761         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
5763         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5765     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5767         GetText(self) -> String 
5769         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
5771         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5773     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5775         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
5777         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
5778         wxWidgets internal use only. 
5780         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5782     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5784         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
5786         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
5789         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5791     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5793         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
5795         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
5798         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5800     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5802         Check(self, bool check) 
5804         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
5806         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5808     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5810         Enable(self, bool enable) 
5812         Enable or disable the UI element. 
5814         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5816     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5818         SetText(self, String text) 
5820         Sets the text for this UI element. 
5822         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5824     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5826         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
5828         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
5829         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
5832         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
5833         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
5834         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
5835         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
5838         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5840     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
5841     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5843         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
5845         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
5846         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
5848         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5850     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
5851     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5853         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
5855         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
5858         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
5859         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
5860         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
5861         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
5862         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
5863         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
5864         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
5865         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
5869         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5871     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
5872     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5876         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
5877         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
5878         is called at the end of idle processing. 
5880         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5882     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
5883     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5887         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
5888         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
5890         The mode may be one of the following values: 
5892             =============================   ========================================== 
5893             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
5894                                             is the default setting. 
5895             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
5896                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
5898             =============================   ========================================== 
5901         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5903     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
5904     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5908         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
5909         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
5912         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5914     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
5916 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
): 
5917     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5919         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5920         self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
 
5921 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
) 
5923 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5925     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
5927     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
5928     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
5931     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
5932     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
5933     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
5934     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
5937     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5939 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5941     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
5943     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
5944     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
5946     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5948 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5950     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
5952     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
5955     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
5956     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
5957     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
5958     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
5959     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
5960     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
5961     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
5962     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
5966     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5968 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5970     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
5972     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
5973     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
5974     is called at the end of idle processing. 
5976     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5978 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5980     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
5982     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
5983     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
5985     The mode may be one of the following values: 
5987         =============================   ========================================== 
5988         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
5989                                         is the default setting. 
5990         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
5991                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
5993         =============================   ========================================== 
5996     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5998 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6000     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6002     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6003     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6006     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6008 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6010 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6012     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6013     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6014     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6016     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6017     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6018     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6019     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6020     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6024         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6025     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6027         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6031         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6032         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6036 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
): 
6037     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6039         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6040         self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
 
6041 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
) 
6043 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6045 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6047     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6048     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6049     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6050     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6051     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6053     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6056         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6057     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6059         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6063         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6064         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6067     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6069         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6071         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6072         non-wxWidgets window. 
6074         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6077 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
): 
6078     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6080         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6081         self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
 
6082 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
) 
6084 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6086 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6088     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6089     resolution has changed. 
6091     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6094         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6095     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6096         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6097         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6098         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6102 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
): 
6103     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6105         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6106         self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
 
6107 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
) 
6109 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6111 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6113     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6114     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6117     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6120         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6121     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6123         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6125         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6126         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6129         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6131         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6132         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6135     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6136         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6137         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6139     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6140         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6141         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6144 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
): 
6145     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6147         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6148         self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
 
6149 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
) 
6151 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6153 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6155     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6156     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6158     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6161         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6162     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6164         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6168         newobj 
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6169         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6172     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6174         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6176         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6178         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6180     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6181         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6182         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6185 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
): 
6186     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6188         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6189         self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
 
6190 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
) 
6192 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6194 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6196     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6197     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6198     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6199     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6200     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6201     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6202     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6205         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6206     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6207         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6208         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6209         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6212     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6214         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6216         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6218         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6220     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6222         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6224         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6225         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6227         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6229     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6231         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6233         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6235         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6237     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6239         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6241         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6242         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6243         by using Control-Tab. 
6245         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6247     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6249         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6251         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6254         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6256     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6258         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6260         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6261         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6263         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6265     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6267         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6269         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6271             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6272             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6273             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6274             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6277         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6279     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6281         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6283         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6286         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6288     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6290         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6292         Set the window that has the focus. 
6294         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6296     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6297     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6298     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6299     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6301 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
): 
6302     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6304         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6305         self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
 
6306 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
) 
6308 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6310 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6312     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6313     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6316         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6317     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6319         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6321         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6322         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6324         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6325         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6328     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6330         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6332         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6334         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6337 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
): 
6338     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6340         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6341         self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
 
6342 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
) 
6344 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6346     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is 
6350         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6351     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6353         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6355         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is 
6358         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6359         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6362     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6364         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6366         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6368         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6371 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
): 
6372     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6374         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6375         self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
 
6376 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
) 
6378 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6380 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6382     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6383     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6386         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6387     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6389         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6393         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6394         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6397     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6399         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6401         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6404         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6406     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6408         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6410         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6412         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6415 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
): 
6416     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6418         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6419         self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
 
6420 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
) 
6422 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6424 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6425 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6426 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6428     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6429     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6430     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6431     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6432     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6433     events and then becomes empty again. 
6435     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6436     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6437     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6438     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6439     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6440     to those windows and not to any others. 
6443         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6444     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6446         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6450         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6451         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6454     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6456         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6458         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6459         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6460         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6461         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6462         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6463         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6466         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6468     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6470         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6472         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6473         requested more processing time. 
6475         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6477     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6481         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6482         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6485         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6487             =========================   ======================================== 
6488             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6489             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6490                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6492             =========================   ======================================== 
6495         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6497     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6498     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6502         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6503         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6504         will process the events. 
6506         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6508     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6509     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6511         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6513         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6516         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6517         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6518         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6519         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6520         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6521         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6523         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6525     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6527 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
): 
6528     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6530         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6531         self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
 
6532 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
) 
6534 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6536     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6538     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6539     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6542     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6544         =========================   ======================================== 
6545         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6546         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6547                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6549         =========================   ======================================== 
6552     return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6554 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6556     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6558     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6559     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6560     will process the events. 
6562     return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6564 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6566     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6568     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6571     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6572     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6573     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6574     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6575     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6576     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6578     return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6580 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6582 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6584     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6585     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6586     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6587     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6588     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6590     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6594         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6595     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6596         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6597         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6598         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6603     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
): 
6606             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6609     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6610         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6611         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6613     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6614         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6615         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6618 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
): 
6619     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6621         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6622         self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
 
6623 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
) 
6625 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6627     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6628     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6629     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6630     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6631     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6632     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6638         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6639     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6640         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6641         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6642         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6647     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
): 
6650             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6653     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6654         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6655         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6657     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6658         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6659         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6662 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
): 
6663     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6665         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6666         self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
 
6667 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
) 
6669 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6671     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6672     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6673     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6677         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6678     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6679         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6680         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6681         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6684     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6686         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6690         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6692     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6694         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6696         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
6699         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6702 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
): 
6703     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6705         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6706         self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
 
6707 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
) 
6709 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
6710 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
6712 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6714 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
6715 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
6716 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
6717 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
6718 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
6719 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
6720 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
6722     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
6723     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
6726         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6727     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6729         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
6731         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
6733         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6734         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6737         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False) 
6738         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False) 
6740     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
): 
6743             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6746     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6747         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" 
6748         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6750     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6752         GetAppName(self) -> String 
6754         Get the application name. 
6756         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6758     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6760         SetAppName(self, String name) 
6762         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
6763         `wx.Config` and such. 
6765         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6767     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6769         GetClassName(self) -> String 
6771         Get the application's class name. 
6773         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6775     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6777         SetClassName(self, String name) 
6779         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
6780         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
6782         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6784     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6786         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
6788         Get the application's vendor name. 
6790         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6792     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6794         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
6796         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
6797         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
6799         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6801     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6803         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
6805         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
6806         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
6807         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
6808         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
6809         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
6810         differences behind the common facade. 
6812         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
6814         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6816     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6818         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
6820         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
6821         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
6822         during each event loop iteration. 
6824         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6826     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6828         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
6830         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
6831         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
6832         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
6834         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
6835               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
6836               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
6837               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
6839         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
6842         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6844     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6848         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
6849         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
6851         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6853     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6855         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
6857         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
6858         currently be dispatched. 
6860         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6862     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
6863     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6865         MainLoop(self) -> int 
6867         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
6868         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
6870         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6872     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6876         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
6879         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6881     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6885         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
6886         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
6888         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6890     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6892         Pending(self) -> bool 
6894         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
6896         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6898     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6900         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
6902         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
6903         appears if there are none currently) 
6905         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6907     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6909         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
6911         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
6912         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
6913         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
6915         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6917     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6919         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
6921         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
6922         idle time is requested. 
6924         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6926     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6928         IsActive(self) -> bool 
6930         Return True if our app has focus. 
6932         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6934     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6936         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
6938         Set the *main* top level window 
6940         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6942     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6944         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
6946         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
6947         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
6948         there not any, will return None) 
6950         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6952     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6954         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
6956         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
6957         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
6958         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
6959         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
6960         explicitly from somewhere. 
6962         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6964     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6966         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
6968         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
6970         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6972     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6974         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) 
6976         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
6977         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
6979         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6981     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6983         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
6985         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
6987         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6989     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6990         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
6991         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6993     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6994         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
6995         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6997     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6999         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7001         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7003         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7005     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7007         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7009         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7011         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7013     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7014         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7015         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7017     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7018     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7019         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7020         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7022     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7023     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7024         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7025         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7027     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7028     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7029         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7030         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7032     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7033     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7034         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7035         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7037     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7038     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7039         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7040         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7042     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7043     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7044         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7045         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7047     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7048     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7049         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7050         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7052     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7053     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7054         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7055         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7057     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7058     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7059         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7060         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7062     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7063     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7067         For internal use only 
7069         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7071     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7073         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7075         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7076         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7078         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7080     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7082 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
): 
7083     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7085         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7086         self
.__class
__ = PyApp
 
7087 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
) 
7089 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7091     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7093     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7094     currently be dispatched. 
7096     return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7098 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7099     """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7100     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7102 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7103     """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7104     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7106 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7107     """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7108     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7110 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7111     """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7112     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7114 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7115     """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7116     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7118 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7119     """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7120     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7122 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7123     """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7124     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7126 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7127     """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7128     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7130 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7131     """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7132     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7134 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7135     """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7136     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7138 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7140     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7142     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7143     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7145     return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7147 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7150 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7154     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7156     return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7158 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7162     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7164     return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7166 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7168     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7170     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7172     return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7174 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7176     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7178     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7179     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7180     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7181     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7184     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7186     return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7188 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7192     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7195     return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7197 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7199     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7201     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7204     return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7206 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7210     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7213     return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7215 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7219     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7221     return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7223 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7225     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7227     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7228     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7230     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7231     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7232     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7233     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7234     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7236     return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7238 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7240     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7242     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7243     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7245     return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7246 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7248 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7250     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7251     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7252     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7253     and write the text there. 
7255     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7258         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7259         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7262     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7263         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7264         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7267     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7268         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7269                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7270         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7271                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7272         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7273         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7274         EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7277     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7278         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7279             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7284     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7285     def write(self
, text
): 
7287         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7288         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7289         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7291         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7292             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7293                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7295                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7297             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7298                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7300                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7304         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7305             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7313 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7315 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7317 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7319     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7321       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7323       * set and get application-wide properties 
7324       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7325         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7328     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7329     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7330     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7331     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7333     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7334     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7335     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7337     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7341     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7343     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7344                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7346         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7348         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7349             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7350             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7351             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7352             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7353             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7354             class of your choosing.) 
7356         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7359         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7360             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7361             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7362             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7363             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7364             toolkit is initialized. 
7366         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7367             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7370         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7371             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7372             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7374         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7376         if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7379                 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable(): 
7381 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw', 
7382 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of 
7390         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7391         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7393         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7394         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7395         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7396         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7397         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7398         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7402                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7406         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7407         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7408         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7410             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7412         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7413         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7415         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7416         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7417         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7420     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7421         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7425         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7428     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7429         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7431             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7432         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7436         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7437         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7441     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7442         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7444             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7446             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7447             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7450     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7452             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7457     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7459         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7460         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7461         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7464             if title 
is not None: 
7465                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7467                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7468             if size 
is not None: 
7469                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7474 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7475 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7476 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7477 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7478 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7479 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7480 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7481 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7482 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7483 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7484 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7485 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7487 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7489 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7491     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7492     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7493     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7495         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7496         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7503     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7504                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7506         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7508         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7515 # Is anybody using this one? 
7516 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7517     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7519         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7522         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7523         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7526     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7527         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7528         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7530 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7531 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7532 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7533 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7534 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7536 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7538         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7542 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7544 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7546 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7549 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7551 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7553 class EventLoop(object): 
7554     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7556         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7557     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7558         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7559         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7560         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7563     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
): 
7566             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7569     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7570         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7571         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7573     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7574         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7575         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7577     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7578         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7579         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7581     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7582         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7583         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7585     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7586         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7587         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7589     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7590         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7591         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7593     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7594     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7595         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7596         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7598     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7600 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
): 
7601     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7603         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7604         self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
 
7605 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
) 
7607 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7608     """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7609     return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7611 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7612     """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7613     return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7615 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7617 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
7619     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
7620     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
7621     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
7622     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
7624     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
7627         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7628     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7630         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7632         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7634         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7635         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7638     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
): 
7641             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7644     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7646         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
7648         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7651         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7653     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7655         GetFlags(self) -> int 
7657         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
7659         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7661     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7663         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
7665         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
7667         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7669     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7671         GetCommand(self) -> int 
7673         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
7675         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7678 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
): 
7679     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7681         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7682         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
 
7683 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
) 
7685 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
7687     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
7688     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
7689     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
7693         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7694     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7696         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
7698         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7699         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
7701         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7703         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7704         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7707     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
): 
7710             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7713     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7714         """Ok(self) -> bool""" 
7715         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7718 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
): 
7719     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7721         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7722         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
 
7723 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
) 
7726 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7727     """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
7728     return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7729 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7731 class VisualAttributes(object): 
7732     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
7734         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7735     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7737         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
7739         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
7741         newobj 
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7742         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7745     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
): 
7748             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7751     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
7752     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
7753     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
7755 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
): 
7756     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7758         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7759         self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
 
7760 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
) 
7761 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
7762 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
7764 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
7765 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
7766 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
7767 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
7768 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
7769 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
7771     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
7772     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
7773     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
7774     appear on screen themselves. 
7778         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7779     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7781         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
7782             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
7784         Construct and show a generic Window. 
7786         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7787         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7790         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
7792     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7794         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
7795             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
7797         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
7799         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7801     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7803         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
7805         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
7806         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
7807         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
7808         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
7810         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7812     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7814         Destroy(self) -> bool 
7816         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
7817         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
7818         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
7819         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
7820         non-existent windows. 
7822         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
7823         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
7825         return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7827     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7829         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
7831         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
7834         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7836     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7838         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
7840         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
7842         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7844     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7846         SetTitle(self, String title) 
7848         Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs. 
7850         return _core_
.Window_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7852     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7854         GetTitle(self) -> String 
7856         Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs. 
7858         return _core_
.Window_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7860     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7862         SetLabel(self, String label) 
7864         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
7866         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7868     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7870         GetLabel(self) -> String 
7872         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
7873         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
7874         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
7875         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
7876         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
7877         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
7879         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7881     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7883         SetName(self, String name) 
7885         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
7886         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
7888         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7890     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7892         GetName(self) -> String 
7894         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
7895         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
7896         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
7898         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7900     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7902         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
7904         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
7905         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
7907         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7909     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7910         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
7911         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7913     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7915         SetId(self, int winid) 
7917         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
7918         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
7919         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
7920         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
7922         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7924     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7928         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
7929         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
7930         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
7933         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7935     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7937         NewControlId() -> int 
7939         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
7941         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7943     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
7944     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7946         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
7948         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
7951         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7953     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
7954     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7956         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
7958         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
7961         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7963     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
7964     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7966         SetSize(self, Size size) 
7968         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
7970         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7972     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7974         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
7976         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
7977         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
7980             ========================  ====================================== 
7981             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
7982                                       default should be used. 
7983             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
7984                                       -1 values are supplied. 
7985             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
7986                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
7988             ========================  ====================================== 
7991         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7993     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7995         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
7997         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
7999         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8001     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8003         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8005         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8007         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8009     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8011         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8013         Moves the window to the given position. 
8015         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8018     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8020         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8022         Moves the window to the given position. 
8024         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8026     def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8028         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8030         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8031         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8033         return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8035     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8039         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy if it is a 
8040         managed window (dialog or frame). 
8042         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8044     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8048         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy if it is a 
8049         managed window (dialog or frame). 
8051         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8053     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8055         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8057         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8058         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8059         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8060         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8061         around panel items, for example. 
8063         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8065     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8067         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8069         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8070         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8071         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8072         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8073         around panel items, for example. 
8075         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8077     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8079         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8081         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8082         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8083         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8084         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8085         around panel items, for example. 
8087         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8089     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8091         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8093         Get the window's position. 
8095         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8097     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8099         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8101         Get the window's position. 
8103         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8105     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8107         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8109         Get the window size. 
8111         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8113     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8115         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8117         Get the window size. 
8119         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8121     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8123         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8125         Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object. 
8127         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8129     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8131         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8133         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8134         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8135         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8137         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8139     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8141         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8143         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8144         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8145         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8147         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8149     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8151         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8153         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8154         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8155         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8157         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8159     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8161         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8163         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8165         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8167     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8169         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8171         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8172         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8173         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8174         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8175         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8178         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8180     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8182         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8184         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8185         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8186         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8187         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8188         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8191         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8193     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8195         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8197         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8200         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8202     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8204         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8206         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8207         some properties of the window change.) 
8209         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8211     def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8213         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size 
8215         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8216         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8220         return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8222     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8224         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size 
8226         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one 
8227         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the 
8228         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any 
8229         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window 
8230         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly 
8233         return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8235     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8237         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8239         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8240         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8241         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8242         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8243         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8244         relative to the screen. 
8246         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8249     def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8251         CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8253         Center on screen (only works for top level windows) 
8255         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8257     CentreOnScreen 
= CenterOnScreen 
 
8258     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8260         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8262         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8264         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8266     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8267     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8271         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8272         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8273         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8274         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8275         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8276         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8277         instead of calling Fit. 
8279         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8281     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8285         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8286         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8287         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8288         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8289         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8291         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8293     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8295         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8298         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8299         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8300         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8301         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8302         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8303         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8305         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8307         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8309     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8311         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8313         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8314         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8315         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8316         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8317         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8318         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8320         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8322         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8324     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8326         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8328         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8329         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8330         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8331         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8333         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8335     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8337         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8339         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8340         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8341         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8342         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8344         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8346     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8347         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8348         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8350     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8351         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8352         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8354     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8356         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8358         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8361         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8363     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8365         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8367         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8370         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8372     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8373         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8374         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8376     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8377         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8378         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8380     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8381         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8382         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8384     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8385         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8386         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8388     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8390         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8392         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8393         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8394         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8396         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8398     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8400         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8402         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8403         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8404         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8406         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8408     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8410         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8412         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8413         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8414         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8416         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8418     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8420         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8422         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8423         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8424         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8426         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8428     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8430         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8432         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8433         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8435         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8437     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8439         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8441         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8442         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8443         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8444         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8445         because it already was in the requested state. 
8447         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8449     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8453         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8455         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8457     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8459         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8461         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8462         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8463         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8464         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8465         window had already been in the specified state. 
8467         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8469     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8471         Disable(self) -> bool 
8473         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8475         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8477     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8479         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8481         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8483         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8485     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8487         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8489         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8491         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8493     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8495         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8497         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8498         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8499         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8502         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8504     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8506         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8508         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8511         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8513     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8514     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8516         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8518         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8520         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8522     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8524         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8526         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8527         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8529         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8531     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8533         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8535         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8536         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8537         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8539         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8541     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8543         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8545         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8547         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8549     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8551         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8553         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8554         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8557         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8559     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8561         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
8563         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
8564          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
8565          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
8566          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
8567          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
8568          user's selected theme. 
8570         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
8571         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
8573         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8575     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8577         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
8579         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
8581         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8583     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8587         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
8589         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8591     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8593         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
8595         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
8596         only called internally. 
8598         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8600     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8602         FindFocus() -> Window 
8604         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
8607         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8609     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
8610     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8612         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
8614         Can this window have focus? 
8616         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8618     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8620         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
8622         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
8623         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
8626         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8628     def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8630         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window 
8632         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated 
8633         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog. 
8635         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8637     def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8639         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window 
8641         Set this child as default, return the old default. 
8643         return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8645     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8647         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win) 
8649         Set this child as temporary default 
8651         return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8653     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8655         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
8657         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
8658         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
8660         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8662     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8664         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8666         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
8667         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
8668         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
8670         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
8671         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
8675         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8677     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8679         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8681         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
8682         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
8684         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8686     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8688         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
8690         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
8691         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
8692         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
8695         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8697     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8699         GetParent(self) -> Window 
8701         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
8703         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8705     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8707         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
8709         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
8712         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8714     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8716         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
8718         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
8719         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
8720         if they have a parent window). 
8722         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8724     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8726         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
8728         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
8729         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
8730         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
8731         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
8734         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8736     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8738         AddChild(self, Window child) 
8740         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
8741         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
8743         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8745     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8747         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
8749         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
8750         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
8753         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8755     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8757         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
8759         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
8761         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8763     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8765         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
8767         Find a child of this window by name 
8769         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8771     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8773         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
8775         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
8776         its own event handler. 
8778         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8780     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8782         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
8784         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
8785         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default, 
8786         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to 
8787         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of 
8788         event-handling for a variety of different window classes. 
8790         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
8791         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
8792         handler is handed to the next one in the chain. 
8794         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8796     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8798         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
8800         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
8801         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
8802         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but 
8803         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow 
8804         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different 
8807         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
8808         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
8809         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to 
8810         remove the event handler. 
8812         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8814     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8816         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
8818         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
8819         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
8820         destroyed after it is popped. 
8822         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8824     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8826         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
8828         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
8829         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found 
8830         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
8831         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
8834         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8836     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8838         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
8840         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
8841         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
8844         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8846     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8848         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
8850         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
8853         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8855     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8857         Validate(self) -> bool 
8859         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
8860         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
8861         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
8862         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
8864         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8866     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8868         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
8870         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
8871         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
8872         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
8875         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8877     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8879         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
8881         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
8882         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
8883         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
8884         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
8886         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8888     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8892         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
8893         to the dialog via validators. 
8895         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8897     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8899         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
8901         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
8903         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8905     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8907         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
8909         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
8911         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8913     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8915         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
8917         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
8918         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
8919         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
8920         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
8921         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
8922         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
8923         hotkey was registered successfully. 
8925         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8927     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8929         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
8931         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
8933         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8935     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8937         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
8939         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
8940         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
8941         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
8942         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
8943         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
8946         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8948     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8950         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
8952         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
8953         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
8954         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
8955         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
8956         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
8959         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8961     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8963         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
8965         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
8966         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
8967         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
8968         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
8969         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
8972         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8974     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8976         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
8978         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
8979         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
8980         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
8981         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
8982         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
8985         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8987     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8988         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
8989         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8991     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8992         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
8993         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8995     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8997         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
8999         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9001         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9002         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9004         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9006     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9010         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9011         release the capture. 
9013         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9014         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9015         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9016         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9017         release the mouse as many times as you capture it. 
9019         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9021     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9025         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9027         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9029     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9031         GetCapture() -> Window 
9033         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9035         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9037     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9038     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9040         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9042         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9044         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9046     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9048         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9050         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9051         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9054         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9056     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9058         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9060         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9061         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9063         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9065     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9069         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9070         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9071         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9072         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9073         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh 
9074         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9075         it) unconditionally. 
9077         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9079     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9081         ClearBackground(self) 
9083         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9084         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9086         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9088     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9092         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9093         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9094         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9095         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9098         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9099         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9100         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9101         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9102         mandatory directive. 
9104         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9106     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9110         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9111         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9112         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9114         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9116     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9118         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9120         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9121         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9124         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9126     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9128         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9130         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9131         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9133         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9135     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9137         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9139         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9141         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9143     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9145         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9147         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9148         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9149         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9152         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9154     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9156         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9158         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9159         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9160         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9163         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9165     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9167         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9169         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9170         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9171         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9174         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9176     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9178         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9180         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9181         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9182         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9183         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9184         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9186         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9188     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9190         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9192         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9193         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9194         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9195         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9196         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9198         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9199         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9200         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9203         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9205     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9206     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9208         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9210         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9211         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9212         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9213         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9214         to the default background colour. 
9216         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9217         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9218         calling this function. 
9220         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9221         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9222         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9223         applications on the system. 
9225         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9227     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9228         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9229         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9231     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9233         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9235         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9236         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9237         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9240         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9242     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9243         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9244         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9246     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9248         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9250         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9252         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9254     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9256         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9258         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9259         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9260         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9262         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9264     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9265         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9266         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9268     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9269         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9270         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9272     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9274         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9276         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9277         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9279             ======================  ======================================== 
9280             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9281                                     be determined by the system 
9282             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9283             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9285             ======================  ======================================== 
9287         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9288         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9289         no effect on other platforms. 
9291         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9293         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9295     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9297         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9299         Returns the background style of the window. 
9301         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9303         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9305     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9307         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9309         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9310         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9313         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9314         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9315         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9318         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9320     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9322         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9324         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9325         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9327         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9328         be reset back to default. 
9330         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9332     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9334         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9336         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9338         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9340     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9342         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9344         Sets the font for this window. 
9346         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9348     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9349         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9350         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9352     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9354         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9356         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9358         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9360     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9362         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9364         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9366         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9368     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9370         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9372         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9374         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9376     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9378         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9380         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9382         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9384     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9386         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9388         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9390         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9392     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9394         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9396         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9398         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9400     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9402         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9403            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9405         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9406         current or specified font. 
9408         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9410     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9412         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9414         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9416         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9418     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9420         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9422         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9424         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9426     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9428         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9430         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9432         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9434     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9436         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9438         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9440         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9442     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9444         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9446         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9448         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9450     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9452         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9454         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9456         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9458     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9460         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9461         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9463         Get border for the flags of this window 
9465         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9467     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9469         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9471         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9472         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9473         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9474         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9475         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9476         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9477         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9478         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9479         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9482         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9484     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9486         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9488         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9489         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9490         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9491         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9492         mouse cursor will be used. 
9494         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9496     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9498         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9500         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9501         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9502         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9503         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9504         mouse cursor will be used. 
9506         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9508     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9510         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9512         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9513         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9514         toplevel parent of the window. 
9516         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9518     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9520         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9522         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9524         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9526     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9528         DissociateHandle(self) 
9530         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9532         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9534     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9536         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9538         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
9540         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9542     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9544         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
9547         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
9549         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9551     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9553         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
9555         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
9557         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9559     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9561         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
9563         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
9565         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9567     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9569         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
9571         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
9573         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9575     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9577         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
9579         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
9581         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9583     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9585         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
9587         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
9588         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
9589         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
9590         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
9592         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9594     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9596         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
9598         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9599         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
9600         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9601         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9603         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9605     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9607         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
9609         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9610         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
9611         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9612         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9614         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9616     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9618         LineUp(self) -> bool 
9620         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
9622         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9624     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9626         LineDown(self) -> bool 
9628         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
9630         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9632     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9634         PageUp(self) -> bool 
9636         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
9638         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9640     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9642         PageDown(self) -> bool 
9644         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
9646         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9648     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9650         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
9652         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9653         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9654         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9656         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9658     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9660         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
9662         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
9665         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9667     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9669         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
9671         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9672         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9673         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9675         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9677     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9679         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
9681         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9683         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9685     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9687         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
9689         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9691         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9693     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9695         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
9697         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
9699         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9701     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9703         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
9705         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
9706         a drop target, it is deleted. 
9708         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9710     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9712         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
9714         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
9716         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9718     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9720         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
9722         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
9723         Only functional on Windows. 
9725         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9727     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9729         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
9731         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
9732         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
9733         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
9736         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
9737         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
9738         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
9739         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
9742         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9744     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9746         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
9748         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
9751         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9753     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9755         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
9757         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
9758         when the window is resized.  It is called implicitly by SetSizer but 
9759         if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the 
9760         window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
9762         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9764     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9766         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
9768         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
9770         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9772     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9774         Layout(self) -> bool 
9776         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
9777         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
9778         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
9779         handler when the window is resized. 
9781         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9783     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9785         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
9787         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
9788         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
9789         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
9790         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
9791         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
9792         non-None, and False otherwise. 
9794         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9796     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9798         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
9800         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
9801         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
9803         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9805     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9807         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
9809         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
9810         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
9812         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9814     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9816         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
9818         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
9819         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
9820         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
9822         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9824     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9826         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
9828         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
9830         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9832     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9834         InheritAttributes(self) 
9836         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
9837         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
9838         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
9841         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
9842         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
9843         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
9844         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
9845         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
9846         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
9847         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
9848         no matter what and only the font might. 
9850         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
9851         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
9852         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
9853         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
9854         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
9855         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
9856         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
9857         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
9861         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9863     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9865         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
9867         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
9868         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
9869         from the parent window. 
9871         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
9872         wxControl where it returns true. 
9874         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9876     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
9878         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
9879         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
9881         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
9882         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
9884         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
9885             self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
9886         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
9887             self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__) 
9890 class WindowPtr(Window
): 
9891     def __init__(self
, this
): 
9893         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
9894         self
.__class
__ = Window
 
9895 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
) 
9897 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9899     PreWindow() -> Window 
9901     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
9903     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9907 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9909     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
9911     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
9913     return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9915 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9917     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
9919     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
9922     return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9924 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9926     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
9928     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
9931     return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9933 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9935     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
9937     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
9940     return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9942 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9944     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
9946     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9948     return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9950 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9952     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9954     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9955     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9956     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9957     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9958     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9960     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9961     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9962     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9965     return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9967 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
9969     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
9970     dialog units to pixel units. 
9973         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
9975         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
9977 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
9979     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
9980     dialog units to pixel units. 
9983         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
9985         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
9988 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9990     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
9992     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
9993     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
9994     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
9995     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
9997     return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9999 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10001     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10003     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10004     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10005     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10006     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10009     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10011     return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10013 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10015     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10017     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10018     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10019     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10020     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10021     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10023     return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10025 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10026     """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10027     return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10029 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10031     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10033     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10034     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10035     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10036     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10039     return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10040 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10042 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10043     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10044     def __repr__(self
): 
10045         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10046     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10047         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10048         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10049         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10052         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10054     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10055         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10056         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10058     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10059         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10060         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10062     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10063         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10064         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10066     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10067         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10068         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10070     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10071         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10072         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10074     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10075         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10076         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10078     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10079         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10080         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10082     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10083     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10084         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10085         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10087     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10089 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
): 
10090     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10092         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10093         self
.__class
__ = Validator
 
10094 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
) 
10096 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10097     """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10098     return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10100 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10101     """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10102     return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10104 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10105     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10106     def __repr__(self
): 
10107         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10108     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10109         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10110         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10111         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10115         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1) 
10116         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10118     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10119         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" 
10120         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10123 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
): 
10124     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10126         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10127         self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
 
10128 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
) 
10130 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10132 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10133     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10134     def __repr__(self
): 
10135         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10136     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10137         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10138         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10139         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10142         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10144     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10145         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10146         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10148     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10149         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10150         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10152     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10153         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10154         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10156     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10157         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10158         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10160     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10161         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10162         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10164     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10165         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10166         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10168     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10170         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10172     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10173         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10174         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10176     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10178         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,  
10179             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10181         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10183     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10184         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10185         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10187     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10188         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10189         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10191     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10192         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10193         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10195     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10196         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10197         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10199     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10200         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10201         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10203     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10204         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10205         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10207     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10208         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10209         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10211     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10212         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10213         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10215     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10216         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10217         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10219     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10220         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10221         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10223     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10224         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10225         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10227     def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10228         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10229         return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10231     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10232         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10233         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10235     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10236         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10237         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10239     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10243         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10245         return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10247     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10249         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool 
10251         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10253         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10255     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10257         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool 
10259         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10261         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10263     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10264         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10265         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10267     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10268         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10269         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10271     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10272         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10273         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10275     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10276         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10277         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10279     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10280         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10281         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10283     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10284         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10285         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10287     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10288         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10289         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10291     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10292         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10293         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10295     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10296         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10297         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10299     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10300         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10301         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10303     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10304         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10305         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10307     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10308         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10309         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10311     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10312         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10313         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10315     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10316         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10317         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10319     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10320         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10321         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10323     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10324         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10325         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10327     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10328         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10329         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10331     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10332         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10333         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10335     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10336         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10337         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10339     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10340         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10341         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10343     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10344         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10345         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10347     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10348         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10349         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10351     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10352         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10353         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10355     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10357         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10359     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10360         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10361         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10363     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10364         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10365         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10367     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10368         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10369         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10372 class MenuPtr(Menu
): 
10373     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10375         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10376         self
.__class
__ = Menu
 
10377 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
) 
10378 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10380 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10382 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10383     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10384     def __repr__(self
): 
10385         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10386     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10387         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10388         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10389         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10392         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10394     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10395         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10396         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10398     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10399         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10400         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10402     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10403         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10404         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10406     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10407         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10408         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10410     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10411         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10412         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10414     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10415         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10416         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10418     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10419         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10420         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10422     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10423         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10424         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10426     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10427         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10428         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10430     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10431         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10432         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10434     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10435         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10436         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10438     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10439         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10440         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10442     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10443         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10444         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10446     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10447         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10448         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10450     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10451         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10452         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10454     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10455         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10456         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10458     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10459         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10460         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10462     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10463         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10464         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10466     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10467         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10468         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10470     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10471         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10472         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10474     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10475         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10476         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10478     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10479         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
10480         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10482     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10483         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10484         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10486     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10487         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
10488         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10490     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10492         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10495 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
): 
10496     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10498         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10499         self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
 
10500 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
) 
10502 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10504 class MenuItem(Object
): 
10505     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
10506     def __repr__(self
): 
10507         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10508     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10510         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,  
10511             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
10512             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
10514         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10515         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10518     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10519         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10520         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10522     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10523         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10524         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10526     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10527         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
10528         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10530     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10531         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
10532         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10534     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10535         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
10536         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10538     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10539         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
10540         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10542     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10543         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
10544         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10546     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10547         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
10548         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10550     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10551         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10552         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10554     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
10555     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10556         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
10557         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10559     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10560         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
10561         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10563     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10564         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
10565         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10567     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10568         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
10569         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10571     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10572         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
10573         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10575     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10576         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10577         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10579     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10580         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10581         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10583     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10584         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
10585         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10587     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10588         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
10589         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10591     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10592         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
10593         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10595     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10596         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
10597         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10599     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10601         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10603     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10604         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
10605         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10607     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10608         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
10609         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10611     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10612         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
10613         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10615     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10616         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
10617         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10619     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10620         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
10621         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10623     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10624         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
10625         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10627     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10628         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
10629         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10631     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10632         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10633         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10635     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10636         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
10637         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10639     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10640         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10641         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10643     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10644         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
10645         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10647     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10648         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
10649         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10651     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10652         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10653         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10655     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10656         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
10657         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10659     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10660         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
10661         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10663     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10664         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10665         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10667     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
10668     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10669         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
10670         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10672     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10673         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
10674         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10676     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10677         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
10678         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10680     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10681         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
10682         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10684     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10685         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10686         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10689 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
): 
10690     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10692         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10693         self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
 
10694 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
) 
10696 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10697     """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10698     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10700 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10701     """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10702     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10704 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10706 class Control(Window
): 
10708     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
10710     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
10711     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
10713     def __repr__(self
): 
10714         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10715     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10717         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
10718             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
10719             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
10721         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
10722         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
10724         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10725         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10728         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10730     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10732         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
10733             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
10734             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
10736         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
10738         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10740     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10742         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
10744         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
10746         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
10749         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10751     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10753         GetLabel(self) -> String 
10755         Return a control's text. 
10757         return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10759     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10761         SetLabel(self, String label) 
10763         Sets the item's text. 
10765         return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10767     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10769         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10771         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10772         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10773         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10774         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10775         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10777         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10778         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10779         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10782         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10784     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
10786 class ControlPtr(Control
): 
10787     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10789         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10790         self
.__class
__ = Control
 
10791 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
) 
10792 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
10794 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10796     PreControl() -> Control 
10798     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
10800     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10804 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10806     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10808     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10809     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10810     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10811     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10812     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10814     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10815     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10816     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10819     return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10821 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10823 class ItemContainer(object): 
10825     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
10826     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
10827     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
10828     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
10831     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
10832     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
10833     all conform to the same interface. 
10835     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
10836     optionally, client data associated with them. 
10839     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
10840     def __repr__(self
): 
10841         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10842     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10844         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
10846         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
10847         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
10848         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
10849         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
10851         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10853     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10855         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
10857         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
10858         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
10859         need to add a lot of items. 
10861         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10863     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10865         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
10867         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
10868         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
10870         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10872     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10876         Removes all items from the control. 
10878         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10880     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10882         Delete(self, int n) 
10884         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
10885         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
10886         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
10887         than the number of items in the control. 
10889         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10891     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10893         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject 
10895         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
10897         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10899     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10901         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData) 
10903         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
10905         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10907     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10909         GetCount(self) -> int 
10911         Returns the number of items in the control. 
10913         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10915     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10917         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
10919         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
10921         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10923     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10925         GetString(self, int n) -> String 
10927         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
10929         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10931     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10932         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
10933         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10935     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10937         SetString(self, int n, String s) 
10939         Sets the label for the given item. 
10941         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10943     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10945         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
10947         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
10948         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
10951         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10953     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10955         SetSelection(self, int n) 
10957         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
10959         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10961     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10963         GetSelection(self) -> int 
10965         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
10968         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10970     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10971         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
10972         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10974     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10976         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
10978         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
10981         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10983     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10985         Select(self, int n) 
10987         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
10988         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
10990         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10993 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
): 
10994     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10996         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10997         self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
 
10998 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
) 
11000 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11002 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11004     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11005     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11008     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11009     def __repr__(self
): 
11010         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11012 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
): 
11013     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11015         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11016         self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
 
11017 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
) 
11019 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11021 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11023     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11024     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user 
11025     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but 
11026     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the 
11027     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout. 
11029     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11031     def __repr__(self
): 
11032         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11033     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11035         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11037         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11038         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11040         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11041         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11042         methods are called. 
11044         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11046         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11047         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11050     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11052         DeleteWindows(self) 
11054         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11057         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11059     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11063         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11065         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11067     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11069         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11071         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11073         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11075     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11077         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11079         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11082         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11084     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11086         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11088         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11089         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11090         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11093         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11095     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11097         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11099         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11101         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11103     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11105         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11107         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11110         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11112     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11113         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11114         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11116     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11118         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11120         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11122         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11124     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11126         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11128         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11130         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11132     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11134         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11136         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11138         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11140     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11142         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11144         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11146         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11148     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11150         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11152         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11154         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11156     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11158         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11160         Is this sizer item a window? 
11162         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11164     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11166         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11168         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11170         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11172     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11174         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11176         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11178         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11180     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11182         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11184         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11186         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11188     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11190         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11192         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11194         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11196     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11197     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11198     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11200         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11202         Set the flag value for this item. 
11204         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11206     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11208         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11210         Get the flag value for this item. 
11212         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11214     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11216         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11218         Set the border value for this item. 
11220         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11222     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11224         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11226         Get the border value for this item. 
11228         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11230     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11232         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11234         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11236         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11238     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11240         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11242         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11244         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11246     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11248         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11250         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11252         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11254     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11256         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11258         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11260         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11262     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11264         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11266         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11268         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11270     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11272         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11274         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11276         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11278     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11280         Show(self, bool show) 
11282         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11283         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11284         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11286         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11288     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11290         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11292         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11294         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11296     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11298         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11300         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11302         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11304     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11306         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11308         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11311         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11314 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
): 
11315     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11317         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11318         self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
 
11319 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
) 
11321 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11323     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11324         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11326     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11328     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11332 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11334     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11335         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11337     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11339     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11343 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11345     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11346         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11348     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11350     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11354 class Sizer(Object
): 
11356     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11357     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11358     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11359     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer` 
11360     and `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
11362     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11363     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11364     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11365     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11366     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11367     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11368     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11369     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11370     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11371     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11372     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11373     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11374     compared to a real window on screen. 
11376     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11377     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11378     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11379     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11380     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11381     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11382     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11384     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11385     def __repr__(self
): 
11386         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11387     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11388         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11389         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11391     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11393         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11394             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11396         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11398         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11400     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11402         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11403             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11405         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
11406         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11408         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11410     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11412         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11413             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11415         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
11416         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11418         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11420     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11422         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
11424         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
11425         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
11426         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
11427         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
11428         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
11431         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11433     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11435         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
11437         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
11438         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
11439         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11440         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
11441         was found and detached. 
11443         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11445     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11447         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
11449         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
11450         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11451         the item to be detached. 
11453         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11455     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11456         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
11457         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11459     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
11461         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
11463         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
11464         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11465         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
11466         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
11469             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
11470             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
11472             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
11474     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11476         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11478         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11480         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11482     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11484         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
11486         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
11488         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11490     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11492         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11494         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11496         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11498     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
11500         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
11501         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
11502         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
11503         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
11506             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
11510     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
11511     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11512         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11513         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11514     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11515         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11516         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11517     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11518         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11519         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11521     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11522         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11523         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11524     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11525         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11526         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11527     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11528         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11529         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11531     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11532         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11533         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11534     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11535         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11536         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11537     def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11538         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11539         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11541     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11542         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11543         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11544     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11545         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11546         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11547     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11548         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11549         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11552     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11554         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
11556         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
11557         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
11558         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
11561         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11563     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11565         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
11567         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
11568         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
11569         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
11570         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
11571         here, depending on which is bigger. 
11573         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11575     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11577         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11579         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
11581         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11583     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11585         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11587         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
11589         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11591     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11593         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11595         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
11596         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
11597         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
11599         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11601     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
11602         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
11603     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
11604         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
11605     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
11606         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
11608     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11612         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
11613         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11614         it is called by `Layout`. 
11616         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11618     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11620         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11622         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
11623         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11624         it is called by `Layout`. 
11626         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11628     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11632         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
11633         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
11634         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
11635         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
11636         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
11639         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11641     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11643         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
11645         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
11646         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
11647         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
11648         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
11650         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
11652         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11654     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11656         FitInside(self, Window window) 
11658         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
11659         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
11660         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
11661         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
11663         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
11666         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11668     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11670         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11672         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
11673         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
11674         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
11675         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
11676         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
11677         required by the sizer. 
11679         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11681     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11683         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11685         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
11686         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
11687         this will set them appropriately. 
11689         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
11692         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11694     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11696         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
11698         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
11701         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11703     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11705         DeleteWindows(self) 
11707         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
11709         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11711     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11713         GetChildren(self) -> list 
11715         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
11717         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11719     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11721         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
11723         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
11724         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
11725         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11726         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
11727         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
11729         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11731     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11733         IsShown(self, item) 
11735         Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer.  To make a sizer 
11736         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
11737         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11740         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11742     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
11744         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
11746         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
11748     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11750         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
11752         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
11754         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11757 class SizerPtr(Sizer
): 
11758     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11760         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11761         self
.__class
__ = Sizer
 
11762 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
) 
11764 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
11766     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
11767     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
11768     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
11769     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
11770     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
11773         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
11774              def __init__(self): 
11775                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
11778                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
11779                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
11780                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
11781                       # layout algorithm. 
11783                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
11785               def RecalcSizes(self): 
11786                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
11787                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
11788                   size = self.GetSize() 
11789                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
11790                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
11791                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
11792                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
11793                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
11795                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
11798     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
11799     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
11800     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
11802     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
11806     def __repr__(self
): 
11807         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11808     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11810         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
11812         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
11815         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11816         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11819         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11821     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11822         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
11823         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11826 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
): 
11827     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11829         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11830         self
.__class
__ = PySizer
 
11831 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
) 
11833 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11835 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
11837     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
11838     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
11839     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
11840     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
11841     parameter passed to the constructor. 
11843     def __repr__(self
): 
11844         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11845     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11847         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
11849         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
11850         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
11853         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11854         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11857         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11859     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11861         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
11863         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
11865         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11867     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11869         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
11871         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
11873         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11876 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
): 
11877     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11879         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11880         self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
 
11881 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
) 
11883 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11885 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
11887     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
11888     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
11889     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
11890     passed to the sizer constructor. 
11892     def __repr__(self
): 
11893         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11894     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11896         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
11898         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
11899         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
11902         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11903         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11906         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11908     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11910         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
11912         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
11914         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11917 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
): 
11918     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11920         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11921         self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
 
11922 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
) 
11924 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11926 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
11928     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
11929     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
11930     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
11931     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
11932     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
11933     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
11935     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
11936     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
11937     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
11938     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
11939     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
11940     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
11943     def __repr__(self
): 
11944         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11945     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11947         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
11949         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
11950         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
11951         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
11952         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
11953         define extra space between all children. 
11955         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11956         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11959         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11961     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11963         SetCols(self, int cols) 
11965         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
11967         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11969     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11971         SetRows(self, int rows) 
11973         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
11975         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11977     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11979         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
11981         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
11983         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11985     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11987         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
11989         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
11991         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11993     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11995         GetCols(self) -> int 
11997         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
11999         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12001     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12003         GetRows(self) -> int 
12005         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12007         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12009     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12011         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12013         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12015         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12017     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12019         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12021         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12023         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12026 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
): 
12027     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12029         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12030         self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
 
12031 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
) 
12033 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12035 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12036 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12037 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12038 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12040     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12041     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12042     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12043     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12044     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12046     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12047     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12048     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12049     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12050     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12051     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12055     def __repr__(self
): 
12056         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12057     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12059         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12061         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12062         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12063         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12064         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12065         define extra space between all children. 
12067         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12068         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12071         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12073     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12075         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12077         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12078         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12080         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12081         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12082         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12084         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12086     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12088         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12090         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12092         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12094     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12096         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12098         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12099         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12101         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12102         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12103         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12105         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12107     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12109         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12111         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12113         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12115     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12117         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12119         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12120         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12121         other value is ignored. 
12123             ==============    ======================================= 
12124             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12125             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12126             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12127                               (this is the default value). 
12128             ==============    ======================================= 
12130         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12133         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12135     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12137         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12139         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12140         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12142         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12144         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12146     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12148         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12150         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12151         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12152         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12154             ==========================  ================================================= 
12155             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12156             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12157                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12158                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12159                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12160             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12161                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12162                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12163             ==========================  ================================================= 
12165         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12169         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12171     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12173         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12175         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12176         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12178         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12180         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12182     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12184         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12186         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12189         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12191     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12193         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12195         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12196         columns in the sizer. 
12198         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12201 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
): 
12202     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12204         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12205         self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
 
12206 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
) 
12208 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12210     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12211     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12212     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12213     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12214     will take care of the rest. 
12217     def __repr__(self
): 
12218         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12219     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12220         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12221         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12222         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12225     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12227         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12229         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12230         method in the base class. 
12232         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12234     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12238         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12239         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12242         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12244     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12245         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12246         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12248     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12249         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12250         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12252     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12253         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12254         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12256     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12257         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12258         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12260     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12261         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12262         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12264     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12265         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12266         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12268     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12269         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12270         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12272     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12273         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12274         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12277 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
): 
12278     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12280         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12281         self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
 
12282 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
) 
12284 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12286 class GBPosition(object): 
12288     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12289     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12290     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12291     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12292     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12294     def __repr__(self
): 
12295         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12296     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12298         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12300         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12301         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12302         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12303         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12304         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12306         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12307         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12310     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12311         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12312         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12314     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12315         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12316         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12318     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12319         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12320         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12322     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12323         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12324         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12326     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12327         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12328         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12330     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12331         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12332         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12334     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12335         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
12336         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12338     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12339         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12340         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12342     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12343     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12344     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
12345     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12346     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12347     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12348         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
12349         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
12350         else: raise IndexError 
12351     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12352     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12353     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
12355     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
12356     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
12359 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
): 
12360     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12362         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12363         self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
 
12364 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
) 
12366 class GBSpan(object): 
12368     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
12369     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
12370     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
12371     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
12372     nearly transparently in Python code. 
12375     def __repr__(self
): 
12376         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12377     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12379         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
12381         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
12382         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
12383         cell in each direction. 
12385         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12386         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12389     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12390         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
12391         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12393     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12394         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
12395         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12397     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12398         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
12399         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12401     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12402         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
12403         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12405     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12406         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12407         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12409     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12410         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12411         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12413     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12414         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
12415         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12417     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12418         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12419         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12421     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12422     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12423     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
12424     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12425     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12426     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12427         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
12428         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
12429         else: raise IndexError 
12430     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12431     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12432     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
12434     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
12435     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
12438 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
): 
12439     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12441         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12442         self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
 
12443 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
) 
12445 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
12447     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
12448     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
12449     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
12452     def __repr__(self
): 
12453         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12454     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12456         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
12458         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
12459         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
12460         item can be used in a Sizer. 
12462         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
12463         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
12465         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12466         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12469     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12471         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12473         Get the grid position of the item 
12475         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12477     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
12478     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12480         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
12482         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
12484         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12486     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
12487     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12489         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12491         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12492         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
12493         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
12494         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
12496         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12498     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12500         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12502         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12503         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
12504         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
12505         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
12508         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12510     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12512         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
12514         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
12516         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12518     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12520         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12522         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
12524         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12526     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12528         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12530         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
12532         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12534     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12536         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
12538         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
12540         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12542     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12544         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
12546         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
12548         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12551 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
): 
12552     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12554         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12555         self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
 
12556 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
) 
12557 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
12559 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12561     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12562         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12564     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
12566     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12570 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12572     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12573         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12575     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
12577     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12581 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12583     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
12584         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12586     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
12588     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12592 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
12594     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
12595     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
12596     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
12597     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
12598     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
12599     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
12602     def __repr__(self
): 
12603         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12604     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12606         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
12608         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
12611         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12612         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12615         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12617     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12619         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
12620         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12622         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
12623         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
12624         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
12626         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
12627         position, False if something was already there. 
12630         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12632     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12634         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12636         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
12637         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
12638         something was already there. 
12640         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12642     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12644         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
12646         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
12647         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
12649         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12651     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12653         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
12655         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12657         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12659     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12661         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
12663         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12665         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12667     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
12669         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
12671         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12672         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12675         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
12677     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
12679         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12681         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12682         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12683         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
12684         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12687         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
12689     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
12691         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
12693         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12694         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12695         zero-based index of an item. 
12697         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
12699     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
12701         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12703         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12704         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12705         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
12706         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12708         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
12710     def FindItem(*args
): 
12712         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
12714         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
12715         not found. (non-recursive) 
12717         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
12719     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12721         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
12723         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
12724         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
12726         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12728     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12730         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
12732         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
12733         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
12734         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
12735         layout. (non-recursive) 
12737         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12739     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12741         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
12743         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
12744         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
12745         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
12746         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
12750         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12752     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12754         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
12756         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
12757         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
12758         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
12759         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
12762         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12765 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
): 
12766     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12768         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12769         self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
 
12770 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
) 
12772 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12776 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
12777 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
12778 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
12779 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
12780 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
12781 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
12782 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
12783 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
12784 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
12786 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
12787 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
12788 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
12789 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
12790 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
12791 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
12792 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
12793 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
12795     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
12796     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
12797     You will never need to create an instance of 
12798     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
12799     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
12802     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
12803     def __repr__(self
): 
12804         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12805     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12807         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
12809         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
12810         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
12812         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12814     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12816         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12818         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
12819         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
12822         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12824     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12826         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12828         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
12829         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
12832         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12834     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12836         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12838         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
12839         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
12842         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12844     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12846         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12848         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
12849         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
12852         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12854     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12856         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
12858         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
12859         given window, with an optional margin. 
12861         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12863     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12865         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
12867         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
12868         window, with an optional margin. 
12870         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12872     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12874         Absolute(self, int val) 
12876         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
12878         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12880     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12882         Unconstrained(self) 
12884         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
12885         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
12887         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12889     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12893         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
12894         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
12895         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
12896         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
12897         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
12900         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12902     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12903         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
12904         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12906     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12907         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
12908         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12910     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12911         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
12912         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12914     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12915         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
12916         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12918     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12919         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
12920         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12922     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12923         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
12924         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12926     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12927         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
12928         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12930     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12931         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
12932         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12934     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12935         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
12936         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12938     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12939         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
12940         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12942     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12943         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
12944         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12946     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12947         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
12948         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12950     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12951         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
12952         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12954     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12956         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
12958         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
12960         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12962     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12964         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
12966         Try to satisfy constraint 
12968         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12970     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12972         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
12974         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
12975         is not determinable, -1. 
12977         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12980 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
): 
12981     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12983         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12984         self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
 
12985 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
) 
12987 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
12989     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
12992     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
12993     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
12995     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
12996     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
12997     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
12999         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13000         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13001         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13002         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13003         * width: represents the width of the window 
13004         * height: represents the height of the window 
13005         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13006         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13008     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13009     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13010     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13011     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13012     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13013     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13014     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13016     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13019     def __repr__(self
): 
13020         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13021     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13022     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13023     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13024     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13025     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13026     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13027     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13028     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13029     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13030         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13031         newobj 
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13032         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
13035     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13036         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13037         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13039     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13040         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13041         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13044 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
): 
13045     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13047         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13048         self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
 
13049 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
) 
13051 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13053 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13057     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13058     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13059     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13060     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13064 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13065 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13066 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13067 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13070 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13071 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13072 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13074 from __version__ 
import * 
13075 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13077 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13078 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13079 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13081     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13083 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13085 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13086 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13087 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13088 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13090 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13091 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13092 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13093 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13094 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13095 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13097 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13098 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13102         default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13103         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13104     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13105         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13109     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13112 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13114 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13117 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13119     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13120     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13121     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13123     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13124     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13126     def __repr__(self
): 
13127         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13128             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13129         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13131     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13132         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13133             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13134         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13136     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13141 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13144 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13146     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13147     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13148     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13149     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13150     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13154     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13155     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13157     def __repr__(self
): 
13158         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13159         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13160         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13162     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13163         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13164         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13165         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13167     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13171 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13173 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13175     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13176     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13177     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13178     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13180     :see: `wx.FutureCall` 
13183     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13185     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13186         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13187         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13188                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13190     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13191     evt
.callable = callable 
13194     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13196 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13201     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13202     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13203     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13204     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13206     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13207     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13208     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13209     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13210     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall 
13213     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13215     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13216         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13217         self
.callable = callable 
13218         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13220         self
.running 
= False 
13221         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13230     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13232         (Re)start the timer 
13234         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13235         if millis 
is not None: 
13236             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13238             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13240         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13241         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13242         self
.running 
= True 
13248         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13250         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13255     def GetInterval(self
): 
13256         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13257             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13262     def IsRunning(self
): 
13263         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13266     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13268         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13269         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13270         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13274         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13280     def GetResult(self
): 
13285         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13287         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13289             self
.running 
= False 
13290             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13292         if not self
.running
: 
13293             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13294             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13298 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13299 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13300 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13301 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13302 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13303 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13304 # where they should be used. 
13308     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13309     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13311     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13312         self
._globals 
= globals 
13314     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13316         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13317         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
13319         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'): 
13323 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13324 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13326 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
13327 # "core" wx namespace 
13329 from _windows 
import * 
13330 from _controls 
import * 
13331 from _misc 
import * 
13334 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be 
13335 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.) 
13336 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
() 
13338 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13339 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------